1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
40 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
42 #include "coff/symconst.h"
43 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
44 #include "coff/mips.h"
48 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
49 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
56 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
57 There are four types of entry:
59 (1) an absolute address
60 requires: abfd == NULL
63 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
64 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
65 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
67 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
68 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
72 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
73 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
76 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
78 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
79 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
83 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
85 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
86 that should be added to the symbol value. */
88 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
89 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
90 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
91 otherwise it is in the global area. */
92 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
95 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
96 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
97 unsigned char tls_type
;
99 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
100 and created the associated relocations. */
101 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
103 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
104 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
105 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
109 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
110 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
111 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
112 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
113 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
115 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
116 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
117 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
118 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
119 struct mips_got_page_ref
124 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
130 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
131 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
133 struct mips_got_page_range
135 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
136 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
137 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
140 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
141 relocations against a given section. */
142 struct mips_got_page_entry
144 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
146 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
147 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
148 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
152 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
156 /* The number of global .got entries. */
157 unsigned int global_gotno
;
158 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
159 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
160 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
161 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
162 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
163 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
164 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
165 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
166 unsigned int local_gotno
;
167 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
168 unsigned int page_gotno
;
169 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
171 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
172 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
173 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
174 struct htab
*got_entries
;
175 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
176 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
177 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
178 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
179 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
180 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
181 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
184 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
186 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
188 /* The output bfd. */
190 /* The link information. */
191 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
192 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
193 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
195 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
196 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
198 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
199 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
201 unsigned int max_count
;
202 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
203 unsigned int max_pages
;
204 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
205 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
206 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
208 unsigned int global_count
;
211 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
212 when laying out the GOT. */
214 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
216 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
217 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
221 struct _mips_elf_section_data
223 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
230 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
231 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
233 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
234 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
235 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
236 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
238 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
239 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
240 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
241 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
242 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
243 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
245 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
246 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
247 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
248 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
249 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
252 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
253 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
254 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
256 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
259 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
260 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
263 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
265 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
269 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
271 to a separate trampoline section.
273 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
274 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
275 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
276 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
277 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
278 asection
*stub_section
;
280 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
283 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
284 in H->root.root.u.def. */
285 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
288 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
290 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
291 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
292 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
293 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
294 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
295 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
296 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
297 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
298 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
300 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
301 the dynamic symbols. */
303 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
305 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
307 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
308 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
309 symbol with a GOT entry. */
310 long min_got_dynindx
;
311 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
312 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
313 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
314 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
315 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
316 symbol without a GOT entry. */
317 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
320 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
321 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
322 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
327 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
330 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
333 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
337 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
339 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
340 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
342 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
343 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
346 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
347 the global hash table. */
349 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
351 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
353 /* External symbol information. */
356 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
357 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
359 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
361 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
363 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
364 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
367 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
368 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
371 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
372 being called returns a floating point value. */
373 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
375 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
376 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
378 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
379 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
380 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
381 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
383 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
384 is against a readonly section. */
385 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
387 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
388 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
389 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
390 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
392 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
393 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
394 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
395 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
396 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
398 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
399 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
400 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
402 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
403 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
404 la25 stub is required. */
405 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
407 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
408 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
409 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
411 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
412 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
415 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
417 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
419 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
421 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
422 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
424 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
425 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
427 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
428 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
429 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
431 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
432 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
434 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
435 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
437 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
438 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
440 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
443 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
444 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
446 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
447 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
449 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
460 /* The master GOT information. */
461 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
463 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
465 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
467 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
468 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
470 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
473 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
476 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
477 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
479 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
482 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
485 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
486 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
488 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
489 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
491 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
492 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
494 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
495 See the comment above that structure for details. */
496 asection
*strampoline
;
498 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
502 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
503 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
504 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
505 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
507 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
509 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
511 /* Small local sym cache. */
512 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
514 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
515 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
518 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
520 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
521 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
522 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
524 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
525 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
527 /* The usual link-wide information. */
528 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
531 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
535 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
537 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
539 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
540 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
542 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
545 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
546 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
548 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
549 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
550 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
551 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
553 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
554 asection
**local_stubs
;
555 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
557 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
558 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
559 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
560 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
561 asection
*elf_data_section
;
562 asection
*elf_text_section
;
565 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
567 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
568 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
570 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
571 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
572 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
573 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
574 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
575 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
576 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
577 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
578 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
579 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
580 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
581 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
591 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
592 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
593 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
594 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
595 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
596 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
599 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
604 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
605 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
606 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
610 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
612 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
615 "_procedure_string_table",
616 "_procedure_table_size",
620 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
625 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
626 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
627 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
628 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
629 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
630 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
639 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
640 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
641 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
645 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
646 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
647 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
648 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
649 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
650 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
655 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
656 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
657 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
658 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
659 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
667 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
673 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
675 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
677 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
678 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
679 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
680 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
681 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
682 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
683 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
684 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
686 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
687 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
688 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
689 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
690 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
692 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
693 has different meaning for each type:
696 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
697 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
698 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
699 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
702 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
703 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
704 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
705 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
707 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
708 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
709 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
710 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
712 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
713 loader for use by the static exception system. */
715 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
716 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
717 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
718 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
719 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
720 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
721 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
722 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
723 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
724 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
726 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
728 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
729 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
731 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
732 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
733 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
734 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
735 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
736 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
738 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
739 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
740 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
741 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
742 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
743 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
745 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
746 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
748 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
749 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
750 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
751 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
752 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
754 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
755 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
756 for RM9000 for now. */
757 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
758 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
760 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
761 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
763 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
765 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
766 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
768 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
770 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
771 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
772 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
774 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
775 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
776 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
778 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
779 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
780 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
782 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
783 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
785 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
786 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
787 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
789 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
790 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
791 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
793 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
794 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
795 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
797 /* The name of the options section. */
798 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
799 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
801 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
802 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
803 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
804 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
806 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
807 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
808 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
809 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
811 /* The name of the stub section. */
812 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
814 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
815 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
816 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
818 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
819 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
820 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
822 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
823 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
824 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
826 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
827 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
828 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
830 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
831 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
832 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
834 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
836 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
838 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
839 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
840 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
842 /* Get word-sized data. */
843 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
844 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
846 /* Put out word-sized data. */
847 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
849 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
850 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
852 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
853 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
854 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
856 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
857 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
858 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
860 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
861 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
863 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
864 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
865 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
867 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
868 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
869 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
870 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
872 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
873 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
875 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
876 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
878 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
879 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
880 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
882 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
884 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
886 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
887 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
889 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
890 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
891 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
893 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
894 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
895 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
896 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
897 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
898 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
899 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
901 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
902 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
904 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
905 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
907 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
908 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
909 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
910 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
912 ? 0x581f7950 /* daddu t7,ra,zero */ \
913 : 0x001f7950) /* addu t7,ra,zero */
914 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
915 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
916 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
917 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
918 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
919 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
920 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
921 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
922 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
924 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
925 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
927 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
928 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
929 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
930 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
931 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
932 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
934 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
937 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
938 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
939 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
940 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
943 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
944 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
945 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
946 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
947 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
948 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
949 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
950 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
952 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
953 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
955 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
957 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
958 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
961 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
962 floating point arguments.
964 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
965 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
966 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
967 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
968 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
969 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
970 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
971 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
973 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
974 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
975 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
976 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
977 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
978 stub should be discarded.
980 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
981 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
982 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
983 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
984 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
985 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
986 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
989 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
990 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
991 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
993 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
995 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
996 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
997 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
999 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1000 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1001 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1003 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1004 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1006 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1007 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1008 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1009 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1010 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1011 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1012 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1013 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1016 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1017 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1018 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1020 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1021 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1022 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1023 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1024 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1025 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1026 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1027 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1030 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1031 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1032 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1034 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1035 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1036 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1037 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1038 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
1039 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1040 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1041 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1044 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1045 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1046 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1047 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1049 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1050 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1052 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1053 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1054 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1055 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1056 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1057 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1058 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1059 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1063 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1064 in the insn32 mode. */
1065 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1067 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1068 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1069 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1070 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1071 0x001f, 0x7950, /* move $15, $31 */
1072 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1073 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1074 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1077 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1078 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1080 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1081 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1082 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1083 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1086 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1087 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1088 directly addressable. */
1089 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1091 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1092 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1093 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1095 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1097 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1100 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1101 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1102 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1104 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1105 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1106 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1107 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1110 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1111 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1113 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1114 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1115 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1116 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1119 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1120 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1122 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1123 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1124 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1125 0x00000000, /* nop */
1126 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1127 0x00000000 /* nop */
1130 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1131 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1133 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1134 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1135 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1136 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1137 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1138 0x00000000, /* nop */
1139 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1140 0x00000000 /* nop */
1143 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1144 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1146 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1147 0x00000000, /* nop */
1148 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1149 0x00000000, /* nop */
1150 0x00000000, /* nop */
1151 0x00000000 /* nop */
1154 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1155 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1157 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1158 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1161 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1164 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1166 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1167 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1170 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1173 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1175 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1178 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1180 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1181 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1182 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1185 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1187 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1188 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1190 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1193 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1194 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1196 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1197 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1200 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1202 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1203 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1205 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1209 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1211 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1212 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1214 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1217 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1219 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1220 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1221 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1223 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1224 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1226 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1229 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1231 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1233 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1234 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1235 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1239 /* Set local fields. */
1240 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1241 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1242 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1245 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1246 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1247 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1248 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1249 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1250 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1251 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1252 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1253 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1254 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1255 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1256 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1257 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1260 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1263 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1266 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1268 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1273 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1275 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1277 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1278 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1280 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1283 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1286 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1289 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1290 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1293 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1294 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1297 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1300 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1301 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1303 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1304 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1307 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1308 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1311 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1312 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1314 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1316 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1317 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1318 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1321 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1322 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1323 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1324 goto error_return; \
1325 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1326 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1327 goto error_return; \
1330 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1331 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1332 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1333 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1334 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1335 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1337 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1338 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1339 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1340 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1341 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1349 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1351 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1353 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1354 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1355 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1356 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1357 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1358 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1359 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1360 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1361 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1362 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1363 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1365 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1366 free (debug
->ssext
);
1367 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1368 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1369 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1370 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1371 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1372 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1376 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1379 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1381 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1382 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1383 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1384 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1385 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1386 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1388 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1389 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1391 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1394 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1397 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1398 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1399 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1401 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1402 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1404 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1406 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1407 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1411 bfd_size_type count
;
1412 unsigned long sindex
;
1416 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1424 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1426 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1427 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1430 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1432 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1436 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1439 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1440 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1444 size
= sizeof (char *);
1445 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1449 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1450 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1451 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1455 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1458 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1459 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1462 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1465 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1466 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1468 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1469 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1470 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1471 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1472 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1473 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1474 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1475 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1476 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1477 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1479 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1480 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1484 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1485 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1486 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1489 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1493 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1496 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1498 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1499 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1500 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1501 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1503 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1504 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1505 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1507 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1509 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1511 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1513 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1514 matters, but someday it might). */
1515 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1544 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1545 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1548 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1549 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1550 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1553 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1554 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1557 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
1560 /* Create a new symbol. */
1561 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1563 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1564 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1568 /* Make it a local function. */
1569 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1570 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1572 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1576 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1577 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1581 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1582 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1585 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1586 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1591 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1592 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1593 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1594 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1595 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1597 /* Create a new symbol. */
1598 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1600 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1601 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1605 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1606 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1607 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1608 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1609 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1610 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1614 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1615 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1618 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1622 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1623 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1624 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1625 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1626 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1629 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1630 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1631 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1633 static unsigned long
1634 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1635 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1636 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1637 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1639 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1640 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1642 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1643 one in a compound relocation. */
1644 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1645 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1646 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1648 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1649 the traditional behavior. */
1650 if (relocs
< relend
)
1651 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1656 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1660 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1661 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1663 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1664 objects try to call them. */
1665 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1666 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1668 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1669 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1672 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1673 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1675 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1676 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1677 being included in the link. */
1678 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1679 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1680 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1681 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1684 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1685 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1687 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1688 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1689 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1690 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1691 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1692 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1693 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1696 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1697 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1699 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1700 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1701 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1702 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1703 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1704 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1705 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1709 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1712 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1714 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1716 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1717 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1718 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1722 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1724 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1726 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1727 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1728 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1729 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1730 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1731 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1734 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1735 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1739 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1740 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1745 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1749 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1750 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1751 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1752 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1758 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1759 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1760 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1761 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1762 entry points are of interest here. */
1765 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1767 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1768 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1769 && h
->root
.def_regular
1770 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1771 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1772 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1773 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1774 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1777 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1778 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1781 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1784 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1786 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1787 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1792 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1793 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1797 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1798 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1799 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1802 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1803 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1805 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1807 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1810 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1814 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1815 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1818 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1820 /* Create the section. */
1821 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1822 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1823 input_section
->output_section
);
1827 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1828 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1829 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1832 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1834 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1835 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1836 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1837 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1839 /* Allocate room for it. */
1844 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1845 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1846 the function symbol to it. */
1849 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1850 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1852 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1855 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1859 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1860 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1863 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1864 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1865 input_section
->output_section
);
1866 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1868 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1871 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1872 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1873 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1874 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1876 /* Allocate room for it. */
1881 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1882 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1885 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1886 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1888 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1889 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1890 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1895 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1896 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1900 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1901 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1905 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1909 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1912 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1913 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1917 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1918 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1924 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1925 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1926 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1927 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1929 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1930 return (use_trampoline_p
1931 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1932 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1935 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1936 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1939 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1941 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1943 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1944 if (!hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1945 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1947 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1949 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1950 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1951 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1954 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1955 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1956 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1957 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1959 if (hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1961 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1962 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
1964 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
1973 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1974 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1977 The format of these instructions is:
1979 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1980 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1981 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1983 +-----------------------------------------------+
1985 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1986 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1988 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1989 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1990 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1991 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1992 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1993 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1994 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1995 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1996 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1997 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2000 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2001 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2002 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2003 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2004 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2005 value as two 16-bit values.
2007 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2011 +--------+----------------------+
2015 +--------+----------------------+
2018 +----------+------+-------------+
2022 +----------+--------------------+
2023 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2024 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2026 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2027 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2028 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2029 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2030 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2032 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2033 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2034 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2037 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2038 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2039 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2040 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2041 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2043 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2045 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2046 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2047 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2048 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2049 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2051 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2054 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2055 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2056 little-endian system. */
2058 static inline bfd_boolean
2059 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2064 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2065 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2066 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2069 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2070 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2071 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2072 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2073 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2074 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2075 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2083 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2085 static inline bfd_boolean
2086 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2088 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2091 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2092 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2093 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2095 static inline bfd_boolean
2096 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2098 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2099 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2100 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2103 static inline bfd_boolean
2104 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2106 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2107 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2108 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2111 static inline bfd_boolean
2112 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2114 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2115 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2116 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2119 static inline bfd_boolean
2120 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2122 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2125 static inline bfd_boolean
2126 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2128 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2131 static inline bfd_boolean
2132 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2134 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
;
2137 static inline bfd_boolean
2138 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2140 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
;
2143 static inline bfd_boolean
2144 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2146 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2149 static inline bfd_boolean
2150 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2152 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2155 static inline bfd_boolean
2156 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2158 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2161 static inline bfd_boolean
2162 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2164 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2165 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2166 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
);
2169 static inline bfd_boolean
2170 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2172 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2173 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2174 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
);
2177 static inline bfd_boolean
2178 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2180 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2183 static inline bfd_boolean
2184 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2186 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2187 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2188 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2191 static inline bfd_boolean
2192 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2194 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2195 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2196 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2197 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2200 static inline bfd_boolean
2201 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2203 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2204 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2205 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2208 static inline bfd_boolean
2209 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2211 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2212 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2213 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2216 static inline bfd_boolean
2217 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2219 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2220 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2221 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2225 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2226 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2228 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2230 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2233 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2234 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2235 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2236 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2237 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2238 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2239 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2240 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2242 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2243 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2244 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2248 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2249 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2251 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2253 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2256 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2257 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2259 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2262 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2264 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2265 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2269 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2270 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2271 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2273 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2274 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2277 bfd_reloc_status_type
2278 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2279 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2280 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2284 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2286 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2289 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2291 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2292 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2294 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2295 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2297 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2298 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2300 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2302 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2303 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2304 an external symbol. */
2306 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2307 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2309 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2311 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2313 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2314 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2318 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2321 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2323 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2326 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2327 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2328 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2333 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2335 asection
*input_section
;
2339 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2341 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2343 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2344 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2345 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2347 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2348 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2349 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2350 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2352 bfd_reloc_status_type
2353 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2354 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2355 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2356 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2358 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2360 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2361 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2363 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2365 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2367 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2369 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2370 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2373 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2374 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2376 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2379 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2380 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2381 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2383 bfd_reloc_status_type
2384 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2385 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2386 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2388 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2389 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2390 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2391 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2392 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2393 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2396 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2397 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2400 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2401 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2402 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2404 bfd_reloc_status_type
2405 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2406 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2407 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2410 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2412 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2413 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2415 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2417 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2418 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2421 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2423 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2424 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2426 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2428 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2429 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2430 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2431 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2432 has a rightshift of 0. */
2433 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2434 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2435 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2436 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2437 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2438 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2440 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2441 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2442 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2444 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2445 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2447 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2450 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2454 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2455 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2459 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2460 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2461 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2463 bfd_reloc_status_type
2464 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2465 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2466 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2467 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2470 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2471 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2473 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2475 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2476 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2478 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2480 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2482 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2483 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2484 offset or address. */
2485 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2486 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2491 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2492 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2493 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2494 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2496 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2497 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2498 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2502 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2503 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2504 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2505 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2506 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2507 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2510 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2512 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2513 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2515 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2516 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2518 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2520 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2523 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2528 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2530 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2533 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2534 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2537 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2540 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2541 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2545 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2546 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2548 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2549 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2553 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2554 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2556 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2557 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2558 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2559 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2560 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2561 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2565 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2566 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2570 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2571 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2572 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2573 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2574 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2575 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2576 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2579 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2580 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2581 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2584 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2587 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2588 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2589 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2590 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2591 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2592 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2596 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2597 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2599 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2600 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2601 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2602 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2603 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2604 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2607 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2608 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2609 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2610 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2611 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2614 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2615 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2617 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2618 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2619 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2620 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2621 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2622 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2623 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2627 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2628 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2630 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2631 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2632 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2633 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2634 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2635 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2636 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2639 /* Swap in an options header. */
2642 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2643 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2645 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2646 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2647 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2648 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2651 /* Swap out an options header. */
2654 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2655 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2657 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2658 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2659 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2660 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2663 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2664 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2667 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2669 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2670 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2673 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2674 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2676 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2680 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2682 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2687 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2690 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2691 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2694 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2695 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2697 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2698 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2699 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2700 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2702 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2704 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2707 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2709 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2718 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2719 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2720 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2721 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2722 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2723 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2724 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2725 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2726 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2727 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2728 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2729 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2730 when generating a final executable. */
2733 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2735 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2737 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2739 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2741 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2742 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2743 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2744 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2745 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2747 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2748 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2749 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2750 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2751 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2759 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2762 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2763 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2764 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2765 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2766 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2767 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2769 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2770 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2774 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2776 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2777 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2778 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2780 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2781 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2782 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2784 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2786 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2787 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2788 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2789 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2791 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2793 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2794 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2795 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2798 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2800 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2801 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2802 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2807 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2808 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2810 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2811 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2812 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2813 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2816 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2818 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2819 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2820 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2821 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2822 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2823 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2824 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2825 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2826 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2827 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2828 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2829 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2830 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2831 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2832 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2833 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2834 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2836 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2840 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2841 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2844 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2845 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2846 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2847 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2849 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2850 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2851 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2852 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2854 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2855 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2856 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2857 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2858 + sec
->output_offset
2859 + output_section
->vma
);
2861 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2865 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2867 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2868 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2870 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2872 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2873 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2874 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2875 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2876 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2878 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2881 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2882 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2883 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2884 + sec
->output_offset
2885 + output_section
->vma
);
2887 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2892 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
2893 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2896 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2903 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2906 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
2908 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
2909 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
2911 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
2914 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2916 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2919 static INLINE hashval_t
2920 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
2923 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
2930 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2932 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
2934 return (entry
->symndx
2935 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
2936 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
2937 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
2938 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
2939 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
2940 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
2944 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2946 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
2947 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2949 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2950 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
2951 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
2952 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2953 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
2954 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
2955 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
2959 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
2961 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
2963 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
2964 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
2965 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
2966 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
2967 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
2971 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
2973 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
2975 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
2976 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
2977 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
2978 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
2979 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
2980 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
2981 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
2985 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2987 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
2989 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
2990 return entry
->sec
->id
;
2994 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
2996 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
2998 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
2999 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3000 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3003 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3005 static struct mips_got_info
*
3006 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3008 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3010 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3014 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3015 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3016 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3019 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3020 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3021 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3027 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3028 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3030 static struct mips_got_info
*
3031 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3033 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3035 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3038 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3039 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3040 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3044 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3047 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3049 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3051 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3052 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3055 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3056 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3057 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3058 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3059 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3060 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3065 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3066 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3067 if creation fails. */
3070 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3076 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3077 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3078 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3079 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3081 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3086 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3089 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3090 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3096 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3099 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3101 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3104 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3107 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3110 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3113 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3116 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3133 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3134 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3138 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3139 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3142 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3143 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3145 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
3146 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3149 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3151 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3152 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3161 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3167 return info
->shared
? 1 : 0;
3174 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3178 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3179 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3180 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3182 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3184 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3185 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3187 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3189 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3190 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3192 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3195 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3198 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3200 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3205 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3207 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3209 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3210 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3212 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3214 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3215 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3217 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3220 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3221 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3223 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3226 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3229 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3230 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3231 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3234 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3236 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3237 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3238 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3240 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3249 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3251 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
3252 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3253 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3256 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3259 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3261 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3262 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3265 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3266 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3267 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3268 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3269 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3271 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3272 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3273 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3275 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3278 /* General Dynamic. */
3279 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3283 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3284 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3285 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3286 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3289 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3290 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3291 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3292 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3294 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3295 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3299 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3300 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3301 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3302 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3307 /* Initial Exec model. */
3311 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3312 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3314 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3315 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3317 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3318 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3319 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3320 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3323 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3324 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3328 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3329 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3330 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3331 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3332 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3335 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3336 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3338 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3339 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3340 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3341 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3348 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3351 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3352 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3353 will be negative. */
3356 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3357 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3359 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3360 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3362 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3363 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3365 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3366 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3368 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3369 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3370 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3371 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3372 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3374 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3375 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3376 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3377 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3379 return got_address
- got_value
;
3382 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3383 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3384 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3385 offset can be found. */
3388 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3389 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3390 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3392 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3393 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3395 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3396 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3398 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3399 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3403 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3404 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3405 return entry
->gotidx
;
3408 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3411 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3412 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3414 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3415 long global_got_dynindx
;
3416 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3419 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3420 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3422 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3423 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3424 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3426 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3427 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3428 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3430 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3431 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3432 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3433 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3434 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3439 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3440 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3443 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3444 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3446 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3447 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3448 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3451 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3452 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3454 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3457 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3458 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3459 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3463 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3464 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3467 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3468 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3470 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3472 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3474 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3475 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3476 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3477 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3478 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3479 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3481 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3486 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3487 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3488 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3489 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3490 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3493 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3494 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3496 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3497 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3499 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3500 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3501 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3506 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3509 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3514 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3515 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3516 symbol that binds locally. */
3519 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3520 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3522 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3524 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3525 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3526 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3527 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3529 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3531 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3532 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3533 same in all cases. */
3534 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3535 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3537 return entry
->gotidx
;
3542 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3546 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3547 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3549 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3553 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3554 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3557 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3558 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3560 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3563 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3564 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3565 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3568 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3569 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3570 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3571 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3572 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3575 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3577 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3578 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3581 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3582 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3584 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3587 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3588 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3591 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3593 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3595 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3596 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3599 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3602 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3606 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3607 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3615 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3618 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3619 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3626 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3627 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3631 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3635 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
3637 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3638 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3639 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3640 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3644 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3648 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3652 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3654 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3655 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3657 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3660 bfd_vma got_address
;
3662 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3663 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3664 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3667 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3668 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3669 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3670 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3671 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3677 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3678 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3679 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3680 the current linking stage. */
3682 static bfd_size_type
3683 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3685 bfd_size_type count
;
3688 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3691 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3693 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3694 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3695 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3696 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3697 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3703 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3704 appear towards the end. */
3707 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3709 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3710 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3711 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3713 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3716 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3717 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3724 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3725 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3726 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3727 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3728 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3729 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3730 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3733 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3734 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3735 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3736 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3737 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3738 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3739 == g
->global_gotno
);
3741 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3742 table index in the GOT. */
3743 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3748 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3749 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3753 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3755 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3757 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3759 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3762 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3765 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3769 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3770 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3773 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3774 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3775 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3776 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3783 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3784 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3785 hash table directly). */
3788 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3789 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3791 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3792 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3793 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3794 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3796 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3797 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3799 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3803 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3804 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3807 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3811 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3812 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3817 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3818 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3822 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3831 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3832 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3833 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3836 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3837 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3838 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3840 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3841 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3842 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3843 unsigned char tls_type
;
3845 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3846 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3848 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3850 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3852 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3854 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3856 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3860 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3863 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3867 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3868 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3869 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3873 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3874 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
3875 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3878 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3879 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
3882 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
3883 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
3885 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3886 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3887 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3889 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3890 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3893 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3896 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
3897 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
3898 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3899 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3902 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
3903 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
3907 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3908 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3909 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
3911 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3912 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
3913 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
3914 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3916 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3917 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3919 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
3920 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
3925 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3929 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
3930 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
3932 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
3933 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3937 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
3940 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3948 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
3949 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3953 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3963 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
3966 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3970 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3972 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3973 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3975 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3976 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3978 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3979 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
3984 /* Make room for a null element. */
3985 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3988 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3992 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
3993 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
3994 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
3995 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
3998 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4000 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4001 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4003 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4004 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4005 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4007 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4010 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4011 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4017 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4021 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4022 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4023 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4024 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4027 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4029 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4030 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4033 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4034 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4035 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4036 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4037 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4038 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4040 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4047 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4048 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4050 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4051 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4054 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4062 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4064 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4073 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4078 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4081 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4083 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4086 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4089 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4090 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4092 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4093 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4094 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4097 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4099 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4103 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4104 seen the section. */
4105 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4108 entry
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, sizeof (*entry
));
4116 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4118 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4119 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4120 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4122 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4123 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4124 a new singleton range. */
4126 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4128 range
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, sizeof (*range
));
4132 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4133 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4134 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4142 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4143 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4145 /* Update the ranges. */
4146 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4147 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4148 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4150 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4152 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4153 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4154 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4157 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4160 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4161 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4162 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4164 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4165 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4171 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4172 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4173 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4174 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4177 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4179 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4180 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4181 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4185 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4186 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4187 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4189 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4191 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4193 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4195 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4198 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4200 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4201 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4202 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4205 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4206 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4210 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4212 /* Read in the symbol. */
4213 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4221 /* Get the associated input section. */
4222 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4229 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4230 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4231 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4232 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4233 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4237 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4238 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4239 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4240 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4242 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4243 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4246 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4248 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
->g
, sec
, addend
))
4256 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4257 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4258 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4259 that they require. */
4262 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4263 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4265 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4266 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4273 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4277 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4278 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4279 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4280 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4283 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4287 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4290 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4291 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4292 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4297 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4302 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4306 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4307 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4309 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4310 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4311 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4312 symbols later if appropriate. */
4313 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4316 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4317 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4318 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4319 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4320 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4323 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4324 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4325 the local rather than global GOT. */
4326 if (info
->executable
&& h
->has_static_relocs
)
4332 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4333 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4334 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4335 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4336 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4339 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4341 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4342 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4343 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4345 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4346 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4348 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4350 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4351 local or global GOT. */
4352 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4353 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4354 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4355 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4356 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4357 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4358 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4359 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4360 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4361 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4362 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4363 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4364 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4366 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4373 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4374 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4377 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4379 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4380 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4383 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4384 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4385 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4394 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4399 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4400 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4403 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4405 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4406 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4409 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4410 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4411 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4420 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4425 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4426 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4427 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4428 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4432 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4433 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4434 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4436 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4437 unsigned int estimate
;
4439 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4440 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4441 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4442 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4444 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4446 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4447 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4449 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4450 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4451 conservatively as well. */
4452 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4453 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4455 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4457 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4458 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4461 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4462 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4464 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4468 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4472 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4476 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4477 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4478 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4479 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4480 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4481 and then make make the new got current. */
4484 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4485 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4487 unsigned int estimate
;
4490 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4493 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4494 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4495 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4496 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4497 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4499 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4500 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4501 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4502 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4503 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4505 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4507 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4508 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4515 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4516 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4521 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4524 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4529 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4530 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4531 overflows anyway. */
4532 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4538 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4539 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4540 an index in a different GOT. */
4543 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4545 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4547 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4548 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4550 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4552 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4556 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4557 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4560 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4564 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4565 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4566 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4569 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4571 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4572 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4574 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4575 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4576 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4579 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4580 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4586 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4587 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4591 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4592 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4593 symbol to DATA->value. */
4596 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4598 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4599 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4601 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4602 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4603 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4604 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4605 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4606 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4610 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4611 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4612 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4613 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4616 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4618 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4619 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4621 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4622 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4623 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4624 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4625 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4627 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_gotno
))
4632 arg
->g
->assigned_gotno
+= 1;
4634 if (arg
->info
->shared
4635 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4636 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4637 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4638 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4644 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4645 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4646 lazy-binding stubs. */
4649 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4651 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4652 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4653 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4655 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4656 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4657 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4658 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4660 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4661 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4662 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4664 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4665 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4671 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4674 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4679 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4683 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4687 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4688 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4691 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4692 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4695 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4696 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4698 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4699 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4700 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4701 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4702 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4705 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4706 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4707 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4711 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4712 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4713 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4714 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4715 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4716 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4717 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4718 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4719 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4720 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4722 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4724 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4725 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4726 to be the primary GOT. */
4727 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
4729 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4730 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4734 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4735 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4736 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4738 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4739 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4741 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4745 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4746 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4747 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4748 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4750 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4752 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4753 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4754 those that are actually referenced. */
4755 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4756 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4759 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4760 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4761 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4762 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4764 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4765 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4766 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4767 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4768 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4769 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4770 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4771 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4772 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4773 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4774 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4775 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4776 points back to the master GOT. */
4777 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4778 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4785 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4787 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4788 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
4789 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4790 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4791 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4793 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4794 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4795 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4800 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4801 all non-TLS entries. */
4802 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4804 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4805 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4808 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4810 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4813 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4814 lazy-binding stubs. */
4816 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4820 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4823 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4825 unsigned int save_assign
;
4827 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4828 relocations they need. */
4829 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
4830 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4832 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4834 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4837 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4838 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
4842 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
4843 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4844 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4845 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4846 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4848 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4850 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4853 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4860 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4861 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4863 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4864 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4865 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4866 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4868 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4870 while (relocation
< relend
)
4872 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4873 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
4879 /* We didn't find it. */
4883 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4886 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
4887 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4888 asection
**local_sections
)
4890 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4891 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4894 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4895 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4896 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4898 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
4900 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
4906 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4909 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4911 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
4912 /* VALUE is negative. */
4913 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
4918 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
4919 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
4923 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4925 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
4927 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
4928 /* The value is too big. */
4930 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
4931 /* The value is too small. */
4938 /* Calculate the %high function. */
4941 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
4943 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4946 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
4949 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4952 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
4959 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
4962 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4965 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
4972 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
4975 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
4976 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4979 register asection
*s
;
4981 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
4983 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4986 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
4988 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4989 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4992 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
4998 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5001 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5004 register asection
*s
;
5005 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5006 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5007 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5009 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5010 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5012 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5016 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5017 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5019 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5020 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5021 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5023 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5027 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5028 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5029 are not creating a global offset table. */
5031 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5032 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5033 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5036 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5039 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5040 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5041 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5044 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5047 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5048 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5049 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5051 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5052 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5053 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5056 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5064 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5065 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5066 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5069 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5071 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5073 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5074 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5077 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5078 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5079 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5083 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5084 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5086 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5087 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5088 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5089 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5090 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5091 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5098 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5099 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5100 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5101 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5102 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5106 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5113 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5114 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5115 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5117 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5118 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5119 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5121 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5122 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5123 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5124 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5126 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5127 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5128 asection
*input_section
,
5129 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5130 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5131 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5132 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5133 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5135 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5136 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5138 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5140 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5143 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5144 shared object file being produced. */
5146 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5149 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5151 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5152 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5153 during execution. */
5154 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5155 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5157 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5158 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5159 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5161 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5162 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5163 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5164 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5165 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5166 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5167 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5169 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5171 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5172 relocation value. */
5173 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5174 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5175 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5176 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5177 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5180 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5181 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5182 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5184 /* Parse the relocation. */
5185 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5186 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5187 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5188 + input_section
->output_offset
5189 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5191 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5192 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5194 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5195 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5196 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5197 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5199 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5200 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5201 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5204 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5205 must come before globals. */
5209 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5212 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5214 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5215 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5217 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5218 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
5219 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5220 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5221 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
5222 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
5224 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5226 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5229 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5230 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5233 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5234 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5235 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5238 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5240 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5241 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5245 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5247 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5248 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5249 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5250 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5251 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5252 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5253 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5255 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5256 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5258 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5259 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5260 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5261 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5263 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5264 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5265 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5266 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5270 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5271 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5272 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5273 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5276 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5277 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5278 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5280 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5281 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5282 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5284 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5285 if (sec
->output_section
)
5286 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5287 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5288 + sec
->output_offset
);
5290 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5292 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5293 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5294 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5295 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5298 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5299 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5301 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5302 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5304 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5305 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5306 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5307 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5308 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5310 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
5311 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5314 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5316 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5317 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5318 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5319 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5320 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5321 which is available from here:
5322 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5325 else if ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5326 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5327 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5328 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5329 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))
5331 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5335 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5338 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5339 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5342 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5343 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5345 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5347 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5348 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5350 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5351 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5352 && !info
->relocatable
5354 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5355 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5357 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5358 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5359 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5361 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5362 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5366 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5371 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5374 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5375 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5376 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5377 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5386 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5387 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5388 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5390 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5391 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5392 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5393 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5394 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
5395 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5397 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5398 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5399 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5402 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5405 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5406 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5408 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5413 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5415 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5417 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5424 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5427 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5430 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5431 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5433 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5435 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5436 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5437 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5438 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5439 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5440 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5441 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5442 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5443 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5444 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5446 else if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
5447 && !info
->relocatable
5450 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5451 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5453 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5456 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5457 + sec
->output_offset
5458 + htab
->plt_header_size
5459 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5460 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5463 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5464 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5467 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5468 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5469 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5471 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5472 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5473 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5476 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5477 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5478 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5479 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5480 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5482 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!info
->relocatable
5483 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5484 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5485 || (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5486 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5487 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5488 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5489 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5491 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5493 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5494 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5496 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5501 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5502 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5503 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5504 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5506 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5507 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5511 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5512 to need it, get it now. */
5515 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5516 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5519 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5520 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5521 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5522 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5523 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5524 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5525 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5526 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5527 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5528 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5529 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5530 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5532 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5533 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5534 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5535 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5536 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5537 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5538 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5539 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5540 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5541 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5543 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5544 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5546 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5550 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5551 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5552 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5553 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5554 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5555 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5557 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5558 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5559 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5563 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5564 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5566 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5567 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5568 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5569 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5572 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5573 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5574 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5578 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5579 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5581 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5584 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5585 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5589 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5590 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5591 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5593 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5597 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5598 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5600 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5601 + input_section
->output_offset
5602 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5603 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5604 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5605 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5607 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5608 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5610 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5611 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5614 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5617 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5621 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5624 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5625 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5632 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5634 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5635 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5636 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5637 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5639 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5640 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5641 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5643 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5644 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5645 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5646 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5647 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5648 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5650 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5658 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5662 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5663 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5667 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5671 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5672 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5676 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5677 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5678 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5679 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5680 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5682 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5686 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5687 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5688 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
&& (symbol
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
))
5689 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5691 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5692 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5695 value
= addend
| ((p
+ 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift
));
5697 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5698 value
= (value
+ symbol
) >> shift
;
5699 if (!was_local_p
&& h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5700 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5701 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5705 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5706 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5707 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5708 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5712 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5713 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5714 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5715 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5716 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5717 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5720 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5721 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5722 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5723 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5727 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5728 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5729 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5730 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5731 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5732 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5737 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5740 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5741 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5745 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5746 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5747 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5751 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5752 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5753 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5754 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5755 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5756 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5757 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5758 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5759 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5760 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5761 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5763 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5764 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5770 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5771 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5773 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5776 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5777 for this conditional. */
5778 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5779 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5780 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5781 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5782 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5784 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5785 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5786 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5787 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5788 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5791 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5792 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5795 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5796 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5797 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5798 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5799 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5800 not check for overflow here. */
5804 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5805 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5806 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5807 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5808 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5813 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5814 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5815 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5816 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5817 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5818 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5819 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5820 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5821 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5822 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5823 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5824 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5825 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5826 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5827 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5828 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5829 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5830 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5834 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5837 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5838 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5841 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5842 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5843 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5844 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5845 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
5847 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5848 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
5849 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5850 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5852 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5853 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5860 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5861 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5862 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5863 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5864 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5865 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5866 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5867 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5868 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5869 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5871 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5874 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5875 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
5877 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5881 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
5882 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
5883 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
5884 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5885 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5888 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5889 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8) - p
;
5890 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
5891 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5892 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5895 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5896 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11) - p
;
5897 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
5898 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5899 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5902 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5903 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17) - p
;
5904 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
5905 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5906 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5909 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5910 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25) - ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
5911 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
5912 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5913 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5916 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5917 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5918 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5919 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5920 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
5921 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
5922 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
5924 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
5925 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5928 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5929 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5930 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5931 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5932 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
5935 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5936 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5937 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
5938 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5939 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5940 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5941 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5944 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5945 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5947 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
5950 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5954 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
5955 value
= symbol
- addend
;
5956 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5960 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
5961 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
5962 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5965 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
5966 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
5967 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
5968 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5971 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
5972 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
5973 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
5974 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5978 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
5979 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
5980 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
5981 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
5982 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
5983 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5984 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5988 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5989 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5990 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
5991 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5994 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
5995 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5998 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6000 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6003 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6006 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6007 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6008 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6011 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6013 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6014 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
6019 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6020 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6021 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6023 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6024 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6026 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6029 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6030 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6031 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6032 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6033 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6034 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6038 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6040 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6041 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6043 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6045 /* Obtain the current value. */
6046 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6048 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6049 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6051 /* Set the field. */
6052 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6054 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
6055 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6058 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6059 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6061 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6062 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6064 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6067 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6069 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6074 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6078 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6079 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6082 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6083 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
6086 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
6087 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6091 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6092 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6095 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6097 if (!info
->relocatable
6098 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6099 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6100 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6101 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6102 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6103 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6104 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6105 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6106 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6107 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6113 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6114 + input_section
->output_offset
6115 + relocation
->r_offset
6117 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6118 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6122 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6124 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6125 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6127 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6131 /* Put the value into the output. */
6132 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6134 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
6140 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6141 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6142 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6143 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6146 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6147 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6148 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6149 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6150 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6151 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6153 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6158 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6159 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6161 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6162 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6164 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6165 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6166 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6167 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6168 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6169 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6172 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6173 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6174 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6176 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6177 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6178 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6179 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6182 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6183 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6186 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6188 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6189 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6190 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6195 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6196 in the relocation. */
6197 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6199 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6200 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6201 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6202 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6204 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6205 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6206 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6207 undefined symbols. */
6212 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6214 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6216 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6221 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6224 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6225 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6231 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6232 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6233 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6234 local symbols because we used to generate them
6235 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6236 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6237 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6238 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6239 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6240 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6242 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6243 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6244 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6245 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6246 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6251 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6252 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6253 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6254 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6255 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6258 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6259 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6260 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6262 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6263 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6264 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6267 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6268 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6269 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6270 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6271 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6272 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6273 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6274 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6275 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6276 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6277 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6278 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6279 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6280 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6283 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6285 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6286 correct location in the output file. */
6287 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6288 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6289 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6290 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6291 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6292 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6294 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6295 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6296 relocation format is non-standard. */
6297 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6299 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6300 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6302 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6304 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6306 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6307 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6308 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6309 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6311 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6314 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6315 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6316 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6318 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6319 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6321 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6322 will be writing to it. */
6323 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6326 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6327 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6329 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6334 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6336 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6337 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6338 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6339 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6340 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6341 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6343 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6344 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6345 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6347 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6348 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6349 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6350 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6351 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6352 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6353 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6357 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6358 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6360 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6361 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6366 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6369 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6371 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6373 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6374 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6376 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6377 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6379 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6380 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6382 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6383 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6385 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6386 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6388 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6389 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6391 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6392 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6394 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6395 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6397 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6398 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6400 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6401 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6403 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6404 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6406 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6407 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6409 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6410 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6412 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6413 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6415 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6416 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6418 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6419 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6421 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6422 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6425 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6429 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6432 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6435 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6438 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6441 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6443 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6444 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6446 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6447 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6449 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6450 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6452 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6453 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6460 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6462 static INLINE
char *
6463 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6467 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6468 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6471 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6473 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6477 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6479 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6481 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6483 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6486 return "unknown abi";
6490 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6491 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6492 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6493 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6494 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6495 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6496 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6497 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6499 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6500 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6501 definition in a shared library. */
6502 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6503 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6504 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6506 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6509 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6511 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6513 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6514 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6515 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6517 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6518 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6519 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6520 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6521 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6522 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6523 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6525 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6526 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6527 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6528 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6529 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6530 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6531 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6532 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6533 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6534 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6536 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6540 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6541 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6542 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6543 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6544 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6547 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6548 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6550 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6551 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6552 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6553 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6554 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6555 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6556 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6557 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6558 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6559 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6561 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6562 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6565 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6566 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6571 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6573 if (section
!= NULL
)
6575 asym
->section
= section
;
6576 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6577 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6578 base address to make it an offset. */
6579 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6586 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6588 if (section
!= NULL
)
6590 asym
->section
= section
;
6591 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6592 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6593 base address to make it an offset. */
6594 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6600 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6601 or microMIPS one. */
6602 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6603 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6606 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
6607 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6608 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6610 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6611 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6615 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6616 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6618 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6619 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6620 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6621 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6622 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6624 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6625 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6626 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6627 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6629 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6630 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6631 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6632 We therefore take the following approach:
6634 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6635 determine the pointer size.
6637 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6638 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6642 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6643 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6644 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6645 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6646 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6648 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6649 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6653 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
6655 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
6657 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
6659 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
6661 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6662 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6663 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
6670 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
6671 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
6672 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
6681 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6682 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6683 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6685 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6686 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6689 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6690 will jump there rather than to .text.
6692 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6693 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6696 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
6698 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
6701 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6702 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6703 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6707 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
6709 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6710 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
6714 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6715 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
6718 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
6721 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6722 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6726 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6727 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6728 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
6729 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
6731 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6733 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6734 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6735 so that we don't have to read them again.
6736 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6737 through the section contents to see if there is an
6738 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6740 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
6742 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6743 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6745 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6747 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6749 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6751 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6752 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6753 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6756 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6763 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6764 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
6767 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6768 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
6771 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6778 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6779 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
6782 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6783 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6790 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
6792 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
6794 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6795 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6796 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6797 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6798 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6799 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6800 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6801 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6802 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
6803 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
6805 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6806 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6808 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
6810 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6811 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6813 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6816 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6818 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
6820 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
6822 unsigned int adjust
;
6824 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
6826 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
6834 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
6835 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
6836 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
6838 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
6842 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
6843 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
6849 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
6850 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
6851 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
6852 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
6853 probably get away with this. */
6854 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
6856 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
6857 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
6861 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
6864 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
6865 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
6868 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
6869 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
6872 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
6873 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
6876 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
6877 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
6879 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
6881 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
6882 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
6883 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
6885 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
6887 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
6888 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
6891 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
6892 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
6895 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
6896 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
6899 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
6900 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
6901 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
6904 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
6905 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
6908 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
6909 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
6910 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6917 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
6922 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
6923 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
6929 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
6931 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
6932 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
6933 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
6934 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
6935 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
6937 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
6940 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
6941 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
6943 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
6944 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
6947 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
6948 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
6949 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
6950 they should agree. */
6951 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
6953 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6955 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6956 if (contents
== NULL
)
6958 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
6965 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6966 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6968 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6970 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6972 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6974 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6975 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6976 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6979 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6981 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
6983 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
6985 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
6986 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
6988 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
6990 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6992 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
6994 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
6996 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
6997 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
6999 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7009 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7010 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7011 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7014 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7016 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7018 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7020 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7021 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7022 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7024 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7025 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7026 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7028 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7029 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7030 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7032 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7033 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7034 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7036 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7037 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7038 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7039 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7040 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7042 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7044 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7046 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7047 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7048 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7049 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7051 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7052 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7054 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7057 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7059 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7060 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7061 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7062 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7064 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7065 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7067 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7068 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7071 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7072 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7073 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7074 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7075 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7076 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7077 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7078 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7080 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7081 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7083 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7085 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7086 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7087 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7089 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7091 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7092 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7093 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7095 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7096 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7098 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7100 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7101 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7102 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7103 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7104 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7106 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7108 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7109 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7110 final_write_processing. */
7112 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7113 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7115 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7116 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7117 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7119 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7121 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7122 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7123 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7126 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7127 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7128 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7129 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7130 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7135 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7136 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7137 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7138 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7139 the .scommon section. */
7142 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7143 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7145 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7147 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7150 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7152 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7158 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7159 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7162 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7163 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7164 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7165 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7167 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7168 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7169 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7171 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7176 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7177 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7178 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7179 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7180 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7181 is not done for them. */
7183 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7184 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7190 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7193 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7194 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7195 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7196 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7197 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7200 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7201 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7202 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7203 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7207 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7208 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7210 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7211 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7212 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7214 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7215 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7218 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7219 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7220 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7223 /* Initialize the section. */
7225 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7226 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7228 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7229 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7231 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7232 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7233 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7234 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7235 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7236 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7237 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7239 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7240 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7241 so I took it out. */
7242 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7245 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7246 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7248 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7249 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7251 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7252 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7253 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7255 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7256 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7259 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7260 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7261 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7264 /* Initialize the section. */
7266 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7267 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7269 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7270 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7272 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7273 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7274 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7275 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7276 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7277 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7278 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7280 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7281 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7282 so I took it out. */
7283 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7286 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7287 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7291 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7293 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7294 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7296 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7297 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7299 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7301 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7302 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7303 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7306 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7309 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7311 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7314 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7315 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7318 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7319 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7320 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7321 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7327 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7328 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7329 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7332 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7333 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7334 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7335 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7337 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7338 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7339 common in the output file. */
7340 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7341 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7342 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7344 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7345 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7350 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7352 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7355 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7357 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7358 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7360 register asection
*s
;
7361 const char * const *namep
;
7362 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7364 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7365 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7367 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7368 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7370 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7372 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7374 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7377 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7382 /* We need to create .got section. */
7383 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7386 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7389 /* Create .stub section. */
7390 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7391 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7394 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7395 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7399 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7401 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7403 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7404 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7406 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7407 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7411 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7412 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7413 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7414 the linker takes such action. */
7415 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7417 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7420 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7421 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7422 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7425 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7428 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7430 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7434 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7435 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7437 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7441 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7442 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7444 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7446 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7448 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7450 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7452 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7455 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7457 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7459 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7461 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7468 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7470 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7471 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7472 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7475 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7478 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7480 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7483 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7485 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7486 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7487 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7488 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7489 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7490 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7492 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7494 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7495 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7496 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7499 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7502 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7504 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7506 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7510 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7511 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7512 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7515 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7516 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".plt");
7517 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
7518 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7520 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
7521 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7524 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7526 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
7531 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7532 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7533 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7539 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7540 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7541 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7544 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7545 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7546 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7548 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7549 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7551 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7552 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7553 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7554 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7556 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7557 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7558 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7561 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7562 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7563 of the section that REL is against. */
7566 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7567 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7570 unsigned int r_type
;
7573 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7574 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7576 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7577 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7578 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7579 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7581 return addend
& howto
->src_mask
;
7584 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7585 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7586 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7587 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7588 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7591 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7592 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7593 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7594 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7596 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7597 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7598 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7601 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7602 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7603 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7604 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7605 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7607 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7609 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7610 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7611 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7614 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7616 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7617 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7618 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7619 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7620 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7621 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7623 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7624 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7625 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7626 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
7627 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7630 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7631 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
7632 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
7634 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7635 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7642 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7643 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7644 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7647 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
7652 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7653 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
7655 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
7659 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
7662 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
7664 static struct plt_entry
*
7665 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
7667 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
7669 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
7673 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7674 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7675 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7676 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
7680 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7681 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
7682 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
7685 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7686 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
7690 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7691 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7693 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7694 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
7696 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7697 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7700 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7702 if (info
->relocatable
)
7705 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7706 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7708 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7709 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7710 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7711 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7713 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7714 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7716 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7718 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7719 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
7721 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7723 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7726 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7729 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7730 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7731 " stub section `%s'"),
7733 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7737 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7738 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7742 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7743 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7744 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7745 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7747 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7748 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7750 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7751 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7752 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7753 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7757 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7759 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7762 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7763 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7764 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7765 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
7768 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7777 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7778 not need it. Since this function is called before
7779 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7780 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7782 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7786 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7788 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
7790 unsigned long symcount
;
7794 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7795 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7797 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7798 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7799 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7802 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
7805 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7806 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7808 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7809 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7810 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7811 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7815 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7817 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7818 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7820 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7821 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7822 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
7824 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7826 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7827 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7828 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7829 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7830 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7831 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
7833 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7837 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7839 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
7842 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
7844 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7845 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7848 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7851 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7854 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7855 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7856 " stub section `%s'"),
7858 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7862 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7863 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7867 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7868 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
7869 that refers to this symbol. */
7870 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7872 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7873 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7875 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7876 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7877 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7878 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7882 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7884 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7887 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7888 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7889 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7890 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
7893 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7902 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7903 not need it. Since this function is called before
7904 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7905 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7907 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7911 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
7913 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
7915 unsigned long symcount
;
7919 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7920 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7922 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7923 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7924 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7927 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
7930 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7931 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7933 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7934 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7935 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7936 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7940 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7941 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7943 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7945 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
7946 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
7948 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
7950 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7951 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7952 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7953 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7954 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7957 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7961 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7963 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
7969 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
7971 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7972 unsigned int r_type
;
7973 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7974 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
7975 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
7976 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
7978 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7979 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7981 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
7983 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
7985 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7986 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
7988 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7993 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
7996 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7997 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7998 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8000 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8002 h
->root
.non_ir_ref
= 1;
8006 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8007 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8008 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8010 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8011 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8012 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8014 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8015 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8016 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8017 .debug* should have no effect. */
8018 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8023 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8024 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8025 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8026 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8027 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8028 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8029 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8033 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8034 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8035 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8036 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8037 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8038 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8040 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8041 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8042 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8043 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8044 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8045 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8046 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8047 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8048 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8049 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8050 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8051 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8052 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8053 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8055 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8056 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8058 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8060 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8061 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8062 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8063 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8066 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8071 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8072 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8073 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8074 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8077 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8078 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8079 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8080 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8081 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8082 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8083 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8084 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8085 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8086 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8092 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8093 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8094 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8096 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8097 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8098 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8099 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8100 against a read-only section. */
8103 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8104 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8105 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8106 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8107 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8108 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8110 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8112 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8119 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8120 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8121 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8122 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8123 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8124 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8130 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8132 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8133 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8136 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8138 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8139 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8140 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8141 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8142 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8143 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8146 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8147 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8148 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8149 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8153 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8157 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8158 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8159 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8160 relocations against the text segment. */
8161 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8164 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8165 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8166 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8167 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8169 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8170 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8171 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8172 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8173 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8174 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8175 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8176 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8177 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8178 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8183 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8184 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8185 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8190 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8191 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8194 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8195 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8196 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8197 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8202 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8203 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8204 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8205 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8208 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8209 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8210 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8211 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8215 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8216 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8217 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8223 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8224 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8225 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8227 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8228 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8229 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8230 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8231 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8232 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8234 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8235 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8236 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8238 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8240 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8242 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8243 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8245 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8246 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8249 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8252 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8253 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8259 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8260 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8262 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8263 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8264 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
8265 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8269 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8270 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8273 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8274 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8275 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8280 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8281 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8282 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8284 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8287 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8288 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8289 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8290 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8292 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8298 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8299 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8300 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8301 for TLS GD relocations. */
8304 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8310 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8320 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8321 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8322 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8323 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8327 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8331 if (info
->shared
&& h
== NULL
)
8333 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8334 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8335 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8336 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8337 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8338 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8339 relocations against the text segment. */
8340 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8344 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8346 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8347 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8348 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8349 it will be left as zero.
8351 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8352 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8354 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8355 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8357 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8358 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8359 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8360 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8361 are relocations against the text segment. */
8362 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8366 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8367 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8368 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8372 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8373 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8374 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8375 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8376 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8377 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8378 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8379 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8380 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8381 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8384 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8385 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8386 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8387 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8391 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8392 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8393 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8394 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8396 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8404 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8405 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8406 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8407 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8408 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8409 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8412 && jal_reloc_p (r_type
)
8413 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8415 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8416 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8417 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8420 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
8421 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8423 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8426 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8427 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8428 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8429 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8431 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8432 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8434 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8436 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8437 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8440 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8441 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8442 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8443 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8444 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8452 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8453 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8454 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8455 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8456 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8457 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8458 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8461 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8462 and has a special meaning. */
8463 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8464 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8467 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8468 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8475 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8476 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8477 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8478 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8480 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8481 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8493 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8494 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8497 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8498 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8499 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8500 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8502 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8503 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8504 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8506 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8509 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
8512 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8513 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8514 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8517 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8518 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8519 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8520 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8522 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8525 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8526 unsigned int r_type
;
8527 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8529 unsigned long instruction
;
8531 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8532 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8533 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8534 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8535 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8538 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8539 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8540 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8542 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8543 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8544 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8546 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8547 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8548 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8550 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8552 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8553 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8554 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8555 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
8556 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8559 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8560 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8561 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8562 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8563 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8565 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8569 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8571 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8572 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8574 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8575 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8576 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8577 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8579 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8583 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8584 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8586 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8587 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8588 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8589 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8592 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8593 symval
= isym
->st_value
8594 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8595 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8598 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8600 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8601 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8603 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8604 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8609 /* Check that it's in range. */
8610 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8613 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8614 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8617 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8619 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8620 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8621 instruction
= 0x04110000;
8622 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8623 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8624 instruction
= 0x10000000;
8628 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
8629 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8630 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
8633 if (contents
!= NULL
8634 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8636 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
8640 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8641 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8647 if (contents
!= NULL
8648 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8653 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8656 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8658 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8660 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8661 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8663 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8664 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8666 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8667 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8669 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8670 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8671 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8674 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8675 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8676 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8679 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8680 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8681 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8682 if (! info
->relocatable
8683 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8684 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8685 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8688 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8690 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8692 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8693 non-default visibility. */
8694 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
8697 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8699 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8701 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8708 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8709 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8710 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8711 relocations against it.
8713 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8714 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8716 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8718 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8719 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8720 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8723 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8724 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8725 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8726 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8727 against the text segment. */
8728 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8735 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8736 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8737 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8738 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8742 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8743 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8746 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8747 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8749 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8750 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8752 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8753 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8755 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8756 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
8758 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
8761 && !h
->def_regular
)));
8763 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8765 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8766 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8767 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8768 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8769 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8771 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8772 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8773 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8775 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8778 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8779 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8780 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8781 executable and the shared library. */
8782 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8784 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
8785 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
8789 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8790 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8792 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8793 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8794 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8795 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8796 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
8797 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8798 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
8799 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8800 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
8801 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8802 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8803 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
8804 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
8806 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
8807 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
8809 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
8810 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
8811 for PLT offset calculations. */
8812 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
8814 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
8815 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
8817 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
8818 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
8819 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
8820 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
8821 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
8822 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
8825 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
8826 for the same reason as above. */
8827 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
8828 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
8831 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
8833 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8835 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
8836 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
8838 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
8839 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
8840 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8841 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8843 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
8844 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
8845 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
8846 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
8847 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8848 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
8849 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
8851 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
8852 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
8853 else if (!micromips_p
)
8855 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
8856 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
8857 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
8858 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
8860 else if (htab
->insn32
)
8862 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
8863 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
8864 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
8865 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
8869 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
8870 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
8871 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
8872 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
8876 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8877 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
8878 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8881 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
8882 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
8884 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
8885 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
8886 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
8887 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
8892 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
8894 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8895 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
8898 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
8899 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
8900 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
8901 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
8902 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
8903 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
8904 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
8907 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8909 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8912 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
8914 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
8915 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
8917 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
8919 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
8920 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
8923 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
8924 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
8926 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
8927 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
8928 if (!info
->shared
&& !h
->def_regular
)
8929 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
8931 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
8932 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
8933 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
8934 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
8936 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
8937 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8938 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8940 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8941 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
8942 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
8947 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
8948 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
8949 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
8950 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
8952 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8953 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
8954 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8955 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8959 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
8960 in regular objects. */
8964 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
8965 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
8966 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
8969 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
8970 some that we can't convert. */
8971 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| info
->shared
)
8973 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
8974 "dynamic symbol %s"),
8975 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8976 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8980 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
8981 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
8982 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
8983 object will contain position independent code, so all references
8984 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
8985 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
8986 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
8987 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
8988 same memory location for the variable. */
8990 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8992 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8993 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8995 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8999 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9000 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9001 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9003 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
9006 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9007 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9008 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9011 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9012 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9015 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9016 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9018 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9019 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9021 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9022 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9024 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9027 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9029 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9030 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9037 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9040 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9044 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9045 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9046 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9048 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9049 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9051 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9052 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9058 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9061 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9062 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9063 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== 0);
9064 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9065 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9067 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9068 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9069 g
->assigned_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9071 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9072 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9073 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9075 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9078 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9079 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9081 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
9083 asection
*subsection
;
9085 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9087 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9089 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9091 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9092 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9096 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9097 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9098 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9099 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9102 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9103 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9104 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9106 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9108 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9109 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9111 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9113 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9114 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9115 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9117 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9118 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9120 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9122 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9127 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9128 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9129 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
9130 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9131 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9132 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9134 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9135 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9138 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9139 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9142 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9143 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9145 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9146 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9147 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9149 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9151 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9157 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9160 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9162 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9163 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9165 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9166 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9168 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9171 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9172 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9173 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9175 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9176 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9177 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9179 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9180 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9182 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9183 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9184 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9185 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9186 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9187 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9188 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9189 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9190 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9191 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9192 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9193 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9194 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9196 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9197 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9198 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9200 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9203 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9204 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9205 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9208 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9210 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9211 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9212 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9216 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9217 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9218 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9220 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9222 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9223 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9224 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9226 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9227 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9228 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9229 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9234 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9235 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9236 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9237 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9238 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9243 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9244 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9247 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9249 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9250 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9251 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9252 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9253 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9254 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9255 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9258 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9259 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9261 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9264 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9266 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9268 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9271 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9272 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9273 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9275 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9276 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9277 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9280 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9287 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9288 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9289 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9290 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9293 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9295 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9296 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9297 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9302 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9303 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9305 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9307 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9308 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9309 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9311 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9312 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9315 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9321 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9322 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9325 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9326 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9328 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9331 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
9332 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9333 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9339 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9342 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9343 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9346 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9347 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9348 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9350 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9351 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9352 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9353 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9355 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9357 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9358 if (info
->executable
)
9360 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9361 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9363 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9365 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9368 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9369 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9370 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9371 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9372 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9373 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9375 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9376 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9378 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9379 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9380 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9382 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9383 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9384 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9385 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9386 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9389 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9390 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9391 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
->size
== 0);
9393 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9394 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9395 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9396 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9397 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9398 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9399 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9400 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9401 else if (!micromips_p
)
9402 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9403 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9404 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9406 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9408 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9409 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9410 htab
->splt
->size
= (size
9411 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9412 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9413 htab
->sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9414 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9416 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9418 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9420 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
9421 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9422 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9427 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9428 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9434 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9435 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9437 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9439 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9442 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9444 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9445 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9448 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9452 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9453 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9454 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9456 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9459 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9463 const char *outname
;
9466 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9467 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9468 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9469 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9470 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9472 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9474 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9476 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9477 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9478 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9481 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9482 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9483 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9486 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9487 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9488 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9489 will move them around between input sections'
9490 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9491 broken, so don't let it run. */
9492 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9495 else if (! info
->shared
9496 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9497 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9499 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9500 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9501 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9503 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9504 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9505 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9506 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
9508 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9509 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9510 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9511 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9512 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9515 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9517 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
9518 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9519 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
9521 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9527 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9531 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9534 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9535 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9536 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9538 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9543 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9545 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9546 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9547 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9548 the .dynamic section. */
9550 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9551 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9552 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9553 may only look at the first one they see. */
9555 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9558 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9559 used by the debugger. */
9560 if (info
->executable
9561 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9562 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9565 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9566 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9568 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9570 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9573 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9574 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9575 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9576 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9577 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9580 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9583 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9584 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9586 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9587 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9588 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9590 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9593 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9596 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9602 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9604 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
9607 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
9610 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
9614 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
9617 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
9620 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
9623 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9626 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9629 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9632 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9635 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9636 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9639 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9640 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9641 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9642 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9645 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
9647 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9650 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9653 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9656 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9659 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9660 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9667 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9668 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9669 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9670 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9673 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9674 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9675 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9677 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9678 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9681 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9683 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9684 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9685 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9686 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9688 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9689 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9692 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9693 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9695 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9696 if (!info
->relocatable
)
9698 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9699 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9702 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9703 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9704 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
9708 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9709 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9710 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9711 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9712 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9713 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9714 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9715 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9716 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9717 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9718 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9720 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9721 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9722 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9725 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9726 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9727 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9728 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
9729 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
9730 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
9731 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
9734 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9735 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9736 unsigned int r_type
;
9739 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
9741 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
9742 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
9744 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9750 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9751 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
9752 howto
, i
, contents
);
9757 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9760 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9761 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9762 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
9763 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9764 asection
**local_sections
)
9766 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
9767 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
9769 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9770 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9772 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9773 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9774 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
9778 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9779 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
9780 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
9782 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
9783 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9785 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9787 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9788 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9789 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
9791 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
9792 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9794 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
9795 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9797 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9798 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9799 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9801 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9806 unsigned long extsymoff
;
9809 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9810 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9811 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
9812 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9813 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9814 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9817 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9818 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9819 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9822 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
9824 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
9825 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
9826 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
9830 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
9832 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
9833 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
9834 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
9835 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
9836 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
9837 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
9838 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
9840 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
9842 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9846 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
9848 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
9849 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
9850 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
9852 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9855 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
9856 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
9858 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9859 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9860 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
9863 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
9867 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9869 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9870 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
9872 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9873 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
9874 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
9879 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
9882 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9883 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
9884 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
9887 if (info
->relocatable
)
9889 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
9890 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9893 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
9895 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9896 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
9897 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
9898 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
9899 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
9900 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
9901 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
9903 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
9905 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
9906 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
9907 source of the addend in the final link. */
9908 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
9910 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9911 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9912 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
9913 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
9914 but for endianness. */
9920 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
9922 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
9929 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9930 do two separate stores. */
9931 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9933 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9935 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
9941 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
9943 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
9944 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9945 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
9946 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
9950 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
9951 input_bfd
, input_section
,
9956 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
9960 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
9961 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
9962 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
9964 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
9965 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
9966 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
9967 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
9969 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9971 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
9972 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
9973 input_section
, info
, rel
,
9974 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
9975 local_sections
, &value
,
9976 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
9977 use_saved_addend_p
))
9979 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
9980 /* There's nothing to do. */
9983 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
9984 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
9985 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
9986 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
9987 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
9990 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
9991 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
9992 info
->callbacks
->warning
9993 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9996 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
9997 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
9998 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
9999 a given location. */
10003 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10005 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10006 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10007 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10008 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10009 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10010 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10012 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10013 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10015 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10016 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10018 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10019 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10020 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
10028 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10029 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10031 msg
= _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
10032 info
->callbacks
->warning
10033 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10036 /* Fall through. */
10043 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10044 until we reach the last one. */
10045 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10051 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10052 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10053 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10054 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10055 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10056 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10057 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10058 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10064 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10066 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10073 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10074 do two separate stores. */
10075 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10077 /* Undo what we did above. */
10078 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10079 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10081 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10087 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10089 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10090 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10091 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10092 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10096 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10097 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10098 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10099 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10106 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10107 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10110 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10112 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10113 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10114 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10117 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10119 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10120 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10121 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10122 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10124 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10125 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10129 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10138 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10139 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10141 /* Work out the target address. */
10142 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10143 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10145 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10146 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10148 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10150 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10151 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10152 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10154 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10156 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10157 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10159 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10160 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10165 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10166 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10171 /* This is trampoline. */
10173 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10175 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10176 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10177 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10178 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10179 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10180 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10181 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10185 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10186 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10187 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10188 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10194 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10195 adjust it appropriately now. */
10198 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10199 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10201 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10202 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10203 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10206 "__dso_displacement",
10208 "__program_header_table",
10212 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10220 const char* const *p
;
10223 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10224 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10227 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10229 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10231 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10232 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10234 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10236 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10238 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10244 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10245 dynamic sections here. */
10248 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10249 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10250 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10251 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10255 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10258 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10259 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10261 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10262 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10263 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10264 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10266 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10268 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10269 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10270 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10272 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10274 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10275 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10279 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10281 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10282 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10283 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10284 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10285 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10287 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10288 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10289 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10290 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10292 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10293 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10294 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10295 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10297 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10298 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10300 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10301 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10302 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10303 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10305 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10307 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10308 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10309 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10311 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10312 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10314 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10316 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10318 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10319 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10321 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10322 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10324 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10325 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10326 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10327 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10330 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10332 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10333 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10337 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10338 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10343 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10344 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10346 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10348 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10349 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10351 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10353 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10354 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10356 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10357 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10359 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10361 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10362 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10363 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10364 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10365 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10366 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10367 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10369 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10371 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10373 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10374 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10375 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10376 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10377 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10378 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10379 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10380 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10384 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10385 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10386 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10388 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10390 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10391 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10392 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10394 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10395 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10397 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10398 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10399 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10401 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
10402 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
10403 (long) gotpc_offset
);
10404 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10407 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10408 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10409 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10410 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10411 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10412 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10413 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10417 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10418 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
10419 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10420 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10422 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10423 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10424 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10425 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10426 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10427 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10428 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10436 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10438 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10439 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10440 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10441 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10442 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10443 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10444 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10447 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10448 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10449 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10451 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10453 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10455 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10457 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10459 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10460 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10462 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10465 /* Fill the stub. */
10469 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10474 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10475 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10481 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10484 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10486 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10488 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10489 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10495 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10501 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10505 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10506 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10507 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10508 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10509 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10511 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10512 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10513 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10516 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10517 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10524 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10526 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10528 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10530 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10534 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10537 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10538 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10539 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10540 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10542 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10543 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10546 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10550 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10551 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10554 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10555 only for the referenced symbol. */
10556 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10558 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10559 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10560 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10561 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10562 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10563 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10565 sym
->st_other
= other
;
10568 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10569 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10571 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10573 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10574 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10575 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10576 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10577 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
10580 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10581 || h
->forced_local
);
10584 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10585 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10587 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10588 the symbols that need them. */
10589 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10594 value
= sym
->st_value
;
10595 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
10596 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10599 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
10601 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
10607 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
10610 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
10612 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10615 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
10618 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
10619 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
10621 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10623 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
10624 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
10626 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10627 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10628 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10629 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10630 appropriate addend. */
10631 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10633 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10634 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10635 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
10637 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
10638 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
10641 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10642 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
10643 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
10647 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
10648 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10653 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10654 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10655 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
10656 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
10657 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10658 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10659 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10661 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10662 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10665 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10667 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10668 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10669 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
10671 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10673 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
10674 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
10676 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10677 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10679 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10681 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
10683 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10684 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10685 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
10686 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10688 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
10690 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
10691 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10692 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
10693 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10697 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10703 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10704 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10706 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10707 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10708 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10709 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10710 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
10711 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
10714 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10715 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
10716 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
10718 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
10719 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
10720 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
10722 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10723 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
10725 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
10727 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10728 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
10734 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10737 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10738 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10739 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10740 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10744 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10745 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10746 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10748 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10749 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10750 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10751 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10753 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10756 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
10757 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10758 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10759 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
10760 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10762 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10763 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10765 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10766 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10767 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10768 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10770 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
10771 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10772 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
10775 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10776 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10777 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10778 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10780 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
10781 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10782 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
10784 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
10785 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
10786 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
10788 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
10789 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
10790 (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
10791 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
10793 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10794 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10798 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
10799 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
10800 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
10804 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
10806 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
10807 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10808 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10810 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
10811 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
10812 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
10813 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
10814 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10815 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10816 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
10817 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
10819 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
10820 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10822 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
10823 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
10824 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10825 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
10826 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10828 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
10829 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10830 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
10831 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10832 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
10833 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10835 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
10836 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10838 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10839 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10842 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10843 loc
= (htab
->srelplt
->contents
10844 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10845 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
10846 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
10848 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10850 if (!h
->def_regular
)
10851 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10854 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
10857 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10858 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10860 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
10861 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10864 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
10868 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
10869 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
10870 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10872 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
10873 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10874 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10875 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
10876 + sgot
->output_offset
10878 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10879 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
10880 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
10883 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10886 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10888 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10890 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10891 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10892 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10893 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
10895 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
10896 htab
->srelbss
->contents
10897 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
10898 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
10899 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
10902 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
10903 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
10904 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
10909 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
10912 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10915 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
10916 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10917 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10919 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10920 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10922 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10923 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
10924 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
10925 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10926 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
10927 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10928 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10929 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10931 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10933 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
10934 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10935 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
10936 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10937 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
10939 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
10940 not be loaded in two instructions. */
10941 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
10942 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
10944 /* Install the PLT header. */
10945 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
10946 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
10948 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
10949 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10952 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
10954 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10955 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
10956 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10958 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10959 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10961 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10962 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10964 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
10965 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
10966 (long) gotpc_offset
);
10967 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10970 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10971 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10972 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10973 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
10974 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
10976 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
10980 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10981 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
10982 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10983 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
10984 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10985 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
10986 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
10987 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
10991 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
10992 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
10993 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
10994 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10995 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10996 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10997 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
10998 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11004 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11005 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11008 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11010 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11012 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11013 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11014 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11016 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11017 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11019 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11021 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11022 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11023 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11024 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11026 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11027 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11029 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11030 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
11032 /* Install the PLT header. */
11033 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11034 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11035 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11036 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11038 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11039 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11041 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11042 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11043 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11044 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11046 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11047 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11049 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11050 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11051 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11052 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11053 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11054 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11056 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11057 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11058 in which symbols were output. */
11059 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11061 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11063 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11064 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11065 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11066 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11068 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11069 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11070 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11071 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11073 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11074 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11075 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11076 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11080 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11083 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11086 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11088 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11089 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11091 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11092 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11093 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11094 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11097 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11100 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11101 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11106 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11107 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11109 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11110 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11112 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11114 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11117 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11119 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11122 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11124 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11125 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11127 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11128 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11130 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11131 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11132 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11134 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11138 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11140 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11141 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11143 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11149 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11153 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11154 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11158 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11160 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11165 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11168 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11170 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11173 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11174 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11177 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11178 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11181 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11185 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11189 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11191 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11194 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11196 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11199 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11200 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11201 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11202 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11205 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11206 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11209 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11210 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11211 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11212 referenced within the same object. */
11213 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11216 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11217 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11219 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11222 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11223 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11224 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
11226 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11228 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11229 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
11230 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11232 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11235 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11236 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11239 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11241 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11242 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11245 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11246 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11249 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11250 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11251 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11255 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11256 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11257 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11258 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11262 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11263 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
11265 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11269 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11270 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11271 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11273 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11277 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11278 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11282 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11283 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11284 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
11288 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11289 the dynamic tag. */
11290 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11292 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11293 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11298 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11299 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11300 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11301 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11303 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11307 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11308 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11309 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11314 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11315 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11316 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11320 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11325 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11326 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11327 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11330 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11331 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11333 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11335 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11336 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11337 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11338 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11339 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11340 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11341 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11343 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11344 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11345 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11347 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11351 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11352 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11353 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11354 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11355 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11356 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11359 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11360 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11363 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11364 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11366 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11367 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11369 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11370 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11372 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11374 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11375 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11377 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11378 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11379 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11381 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11383 if (! info
->shared
)
11386 while (got_index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
11388 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11389 = got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11390 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11391 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11392 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11393 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11395 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11400 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11401 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11404 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11407 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11409 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11411 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11412 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11413 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11415 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11418 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11419 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11421 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11427 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11428 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11429 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11430 are trailing null entries. */
11431 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11432 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11433 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11434 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11435 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11436 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11437 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11438 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11443 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11448 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11455 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11457 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11459 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11460 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11464 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11466 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11467 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11470 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11471 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11474 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11475 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11477 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11479 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11480 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11481 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11482 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11487 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11488 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11489 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11490 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11491 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11493 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11495 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11497 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11499 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11500 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11501 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11502 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11504 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11505 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11506 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11511 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
11513 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11516 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11518 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11522 BFD_ASSERT (!info
->shared
);
11523 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11531 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11534 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
11538 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
11541 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
11542 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
11545 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
11546 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
11549 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
11550 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
11553 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
11554 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
11555 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
11556 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
11557 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
11560 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
11561 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
11564 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
11565 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
11568 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
11569 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
11572 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
11573 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
11576 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
11577 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
11580 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
11581 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
11584 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
11585 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
11588 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
11589 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
11592 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
11593 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
11596 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
11597 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
11598 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
11599 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
11600 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
11601 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
11602 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
11603 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
11606 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
11607 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
11610 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
11611 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
11614 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
11615 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
11618 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
11619 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
11622 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
11623 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
11626 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
11627 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
11628 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
11631 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
11632 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
11635 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
11636 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
11639 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
11640 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
11643 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
11644 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
11647 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
11648 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
11651 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
11652 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
11655 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
11656 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
11661 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11662 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11663 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11666 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
11667 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11670 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
11674 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11675 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11676 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11677 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
11678 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
11680 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11681 info for each special section. */
11682 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
11683 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
11686 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
11688 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
11689 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
11690 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
11692 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11695 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
11696 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11697 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11698 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11699 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
11700 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11701 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11702 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11705 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
11706 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11707 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11708 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11709 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
11710 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11711 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
11712 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11713 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11716 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
11717 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
11719 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11720 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
11722 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11725 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
11726 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11727 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11728 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
11729 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
11730 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11731 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
11734 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
11735 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11737 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
11739 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11740 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11747 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
11751 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
11752 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11757 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
11758 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
11759 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
11762 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
11763 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
11764 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11765 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
11768 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
11769 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
11770 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
11771 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
11774 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
11775 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
11776 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11777 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
11783 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
11786 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
11787 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11790 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
11793 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
11795 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
11796 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
11798 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
11799 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
11804 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11808 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
11810 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
11812 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
11813 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
11815 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
11816 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
11824 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
11825 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
11826 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
11828 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
11829 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
11830 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
11831 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
11833 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11835 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
11836 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
11841 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
11843 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
11845 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
11846 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
11849 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
11851 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
11852 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11853 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
11854 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
11855 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
11856 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
11857 options_segment
->count
= 1;
11858 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
11859 *pm
= options_segment
;
11865 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
11867 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
11868 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
11869 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
11870 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
11871 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
11873 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
11874 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
11879 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11883 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
11885 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
11890 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
11895 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
11898 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
11899 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
11900 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
11910 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
11911 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
11913 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
11915 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
11918 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
11920 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
11921 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
11922 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
11923 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
11924 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
11926 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
11927 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
11930 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
11931 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
11932 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
11933 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
11934 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
11935 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
11936 which might move one of the other sections to a different
11937 PT_LOAD segment. */
11938 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11941 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
11943 static const char *sec_names
[] =
11945 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
11949 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
11951 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
11953 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
11955 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
11956 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
11963 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
11964 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
11969 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11970 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
11972 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
11975 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
11976 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11983 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11985 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
11987 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
11989 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
11998 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
11999 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12001 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12002 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12003 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12004 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12005 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12007 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12008 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12009 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12010 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12011 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12014 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12015 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12017 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12018 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12020 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12021 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12025 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12029 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12037 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12041 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12042 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12043 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12044 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12045 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12047 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12050 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12052 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12053 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12057 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12060 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12063 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12064 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12065 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12066 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12069 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12070 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12071 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
12072 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
12073 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12074 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12076 if (info
->relocatable
)
12079 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12080 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12081 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
12083 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12084 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
12085 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
12087 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
12088 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
12090 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
12091 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12092 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12093 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12094 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12095 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12096 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12097 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12098 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
12099 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
12100 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12101 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12102 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12103 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12104 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12105 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12106 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12107 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12108 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12109 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12120 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12121 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12122 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12123 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12126 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12127 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12128 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12130 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12132 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12134 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12135 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12136 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12137 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12138 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12139 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12141 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12144 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12145 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12146 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12147 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12148 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12149 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12151 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12152 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12154 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12156 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12157 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12159 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12161 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12162 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12164 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12166 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12167 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12169 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12170 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12171 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12172 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12173 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12174 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12177 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12180 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12181 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12184 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12185 unsigned char *tdata
;
12188 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12193 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12195 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12196 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12199 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12203 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12204 info
->keep_memory
);
12211 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12212 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12214 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12216 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12225 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12226 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12232 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12233 free (cookie
->rels
);
12239 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12241 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12247 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12248 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12249 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12251 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12254 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12257 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12261 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12262 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12264 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12266 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12269 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12272 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12273 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12277 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12278 from output by default for clarity. */
12281 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12283 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12286 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12287 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12289 struct mips_elf_find_line
12291 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12292 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12296 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
12297 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
12298 const char **filename_ptr
,
12299 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12300 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12304 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
12305 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12309 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, dwarf_debug_sections
,
12310 section
, symbols
, offset
,
12311 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12312 line_ptr
, NULL
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12313 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
12316 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12319 flagword origflags
;
12320 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12321 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12322 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12324 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12325 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12326 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12327 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12328 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12329 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12331 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12334 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12337 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12338 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12340 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12343 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12347 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12349 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12353 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12354 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12355 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12356 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12358 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12361 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12362 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12363 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12364 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12365 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12366 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12367 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12369 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12371 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12372 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12373 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12374 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12375 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12376 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12379 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12380 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12383 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12387 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12390 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12392 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
12393 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12398 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12399 const char **filename_ptr
,
12400 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12401 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12404 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12405 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12406 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12411 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12412 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12413 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12416 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12417 const void *location
,
12418 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12420 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12424 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12426 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12427 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12428 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12431 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12434 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12437 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12440 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12443 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12447 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12448 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12451 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12453 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12454 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
12456 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
12459 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12460 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
12461 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12464 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
12465 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
12468 if (reloc_size
< 0)
12471 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
12472 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
12475 /* read in the section */
12476 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
12477 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
12480 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
12484 if (reloc_count
< 0)
12487 if (reloc_count
> 0)
12492 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
12495 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
12496 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
12497 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
12498 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
12499 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
12503 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
12504 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
12511 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
12512 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
12513 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12516 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12517 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12519 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
12521 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
12522 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
12524 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
12526 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
12535 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
12537 char *error_message
= NULL
;
12538 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
12540 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
12541 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
12542 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12544 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
12545 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
12546 to the generic handling. */
12548 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
12549 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
12550 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
12551 input_section
, relocatable
,
12554 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
12556 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
12561 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
12563 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12564 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
12568 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
12572 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
12573 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
12574 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12575 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
12578 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
12579 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
12580 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
12581 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
12582 (*parent
)->address
)))
12585 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
12586 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
12588 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12589 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
12590 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
12593 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
12602 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12603 free (reloc_vector
);
12607 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12608 free (reloc_vector
);
12613 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
12614 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
12616 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12617 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
12618 bfd_byte
*contents
;
12619 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
12620 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12621 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
12622 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12623 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
12624 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
12625 unsigned int symcount
;
12627 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
12628 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
12630 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
12631 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12633 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12634 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
12635 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
12636 sec
->size
-= count
;
12638 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12639 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12641 /* Get the new reloc address. */
12642 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
12643 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
12646 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
12647 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
12649 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
12650 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12651 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12652 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
12653 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
12654 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
12656 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
12657 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
12658 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
12659 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12660 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
12662 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
12664 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
12666 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12667 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12668 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
12670 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12672 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
12673 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
12675 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
12683 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
12684 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
12686 struct opcode_descriptor
{
12687 unsigned long match
;
12688 unsigned long mask
;
12691 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
12695 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
12697 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12698 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
12700 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
12702 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
12703 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
12706 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
12708 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
12709 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
12710 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
12711 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12714 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
12715 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
12717 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
12718 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
12720 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
12721 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
12723 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
12724 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
12726 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
12727 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
12729 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
12730 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
12733 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
12735 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
12736 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
12737 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
12739 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
12741 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
12742 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
12743 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
12744 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12747 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
12748 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12749 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12750 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12753 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
12754 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
12755 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
12756 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12759 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
12760 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
12761 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
12762 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12765 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
12767 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
12768 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
12769 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
12772 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12774 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
12775 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
12777 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
12778 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12780 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
12781 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
12783 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
12784 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12786 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
12787 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
12789 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12791 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
12792 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
12794 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12795 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
12797 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
12798 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
12799 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
12800 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12803 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12805 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
12806 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
12808 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12809 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
12810 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12814 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12816 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
12817 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
12819 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
12820 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
12822 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
12823 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
12825 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
12827 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12829 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
12830 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
12832 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
12833 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
12834 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
12835 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12839 /* LUI instruction. */
12841 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
12842 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
12845 /* ADDIU instruction. */
12847 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
12848 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
12850 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
12851 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
12853 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
12854 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
12857 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
12859 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
12860 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
12861 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
12862 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12864 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
12865 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
12867 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
12868 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
12869 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
12870 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12873 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
12874 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
12877 /* NOP instructions. */
12879 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
12880 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
12882 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
12883 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
12886 /* Instruction match support. */
12888 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
12891 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
12893 unsigned long indx
;
12895 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
12896 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
12903 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
12905 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
12906 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12907 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12908 the second half of another instruction. */
12911 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
12913 unsigned long opcode
;
12916 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
12917 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
12918 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12920 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
12921 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
12922 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12925 /* No delay slot. */
12931 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
12932 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12933 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12934 the second half of another instruction. */
12937 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
12939 unsigned long opcode
;
12942 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12943 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
12944 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12946 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
12947 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12950 /* No delay slot. */
12956 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
12957 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12960 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
12962 unsigned long opcode
;
12964 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
12965 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
12967 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
12969 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
12970 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
12971 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
12973 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
12979 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
12980 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12983 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
12985 unsigned long opcode
;
12987 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12988 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
12990 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
12991 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
12992 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
12994 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
12995 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
12996 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
12997 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
12998 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
12999 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13000 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13001 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13007 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13008 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13009 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13012 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13013 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13014 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13016 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13017 unsigned long opcode
;
13019 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13020 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13023 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13024 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13025 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13031 /* Bitsize checking. */
13032 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13033 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13034 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13038 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13039 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13040 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13042 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13043 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13044 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13045 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13046 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13047 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13049 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13052 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13053 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13056 if (link_info
->relocatable
13057 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13058 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13059 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13062 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13064 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13065 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13066 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13067 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13068 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13071 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13072 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13073 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13075 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13076 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13077 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13078 unsigned long opcode
;
13084 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13085 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13089 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13091 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13092 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13093 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13096 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13097 if (contents
== NULL
)
13099 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13100 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13101 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13102 /* Go get them off disk. */
13103 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13106 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13108 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13109 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13111 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13112 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13113 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13114 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13116 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13120 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13121 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13123 /* A local symbol. */
13124 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13127 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13128 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13129 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13130 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13131 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13132 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13133 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13135 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13136 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13137 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13138 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13139 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13143 unsigned long indx
;
13144 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13146 /* An external symbol. */
13147 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13148 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13149 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13151 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13152 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13153 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13154 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13155 regular reloc processing. */
13158 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13159 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13160 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13161 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13162 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13166 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13167 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13168 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13169 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13170 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13171 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13172 the linker is run. */
13174 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13175 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13178 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13180 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13181 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13183 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13186 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13187 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13188 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13190 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13192 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13193 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13194 out the offset). */
13195 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13197 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13198 unsigned long nextopc
;
13202 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13204 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13205 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13206 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13209 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13210 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13211 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13212 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13215 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13216 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13217 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13218 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13221 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13222 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13223 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13224 it through if so. */
13225 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13226 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13227 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13228 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13229 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13230 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13232 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13234 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13237 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13239 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13240 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13241 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13242 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13243 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13244 switch (offset
- 4)
13249 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13253 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13260 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13262 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13264 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13267 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13268 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13269 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13271 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13272 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13274 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13275 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13277 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13278 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13279 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13280 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13281 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13282 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13285 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13286 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13287 the PC-relative distance. */
13288 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13289 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13290 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13291 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13292 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13294 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13295 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13297 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13298 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13299 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13301 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13302 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13305 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13309 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13310 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13312 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13317 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13318 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13319 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13320 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13321 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13322 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13323 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13324 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13326 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13327 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13328 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13329 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13331 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13335 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13337 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13338 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13339 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13340 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13342 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13344 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13345 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13349 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13350 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13352 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13353 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13354 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13356 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13357 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13359 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13362 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13365 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13370 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13371 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13373 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13374 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13375 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13376 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13377 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13378 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13382 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13384 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13385 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13387 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13389 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13390 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13391 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13394 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13399 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13401 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13402 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13403 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13404 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13406 unsigned long n32opc
;
13407 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13409 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13411 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13413 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13414 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13418 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13420 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13422 (move_insn_16
.match
13423 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13424 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13429 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13430 instructions will be handled here later. */
13434 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13435 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13436 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13438 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13446 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13447 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13448 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13449 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13451 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13452 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
13453 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
13456 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13457 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13462 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13463 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13465 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13469 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13470 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13474 if (contents
!= NULL
13475 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13477 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13481 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13482 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13486 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13487 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13488 free (internal_relocs
);
13493 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13494 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13496 if (contents
!= NULL
13497 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13499 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13500 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13501 free (internal_relocs
);
13506 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
13508 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13509 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13511 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13512 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
13514 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
13518 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
13519 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
13520 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
13526 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
13527 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
13529 return &ret
->root
.root
;
13532 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
13534 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13535 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13537 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13539 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
13542 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13544 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
13545 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13546 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
13551 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13552 and copy relocs. */
13555 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13557 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13560 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
13561 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
13564 _bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean on
)
13566 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= on
;
13569 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
13570 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
13571 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
13574 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13577 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
13578 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
13579 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
13580 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
13581 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
13582 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
13583 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13584 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
13585 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
13586 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
13591 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13593 static const char * const secname
[] =
13595 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
13596 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
13598 static const int sc
[] =
13600 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
13601 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
13604 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
13606 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
13607 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
13609 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
13612 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
13614 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
13616 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
13620 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
13621 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
13623 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13625 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13626 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
13627 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
13628 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13629 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13630 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
13631 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
13632 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
13633 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
13634 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
13635 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13636 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
13638 else if (info
->relocatable
)
13640 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
13642 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
13643 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13645 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
13648 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
13649 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
13653 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
13654 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
13655 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
13659 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
13661 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
13663 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
13664 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
13665 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13667 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
13669 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
13671 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
13672 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13673 the information together. */
13674 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13676 asection
*input_section
;
13678 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
13681 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13683 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13688 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13689 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
13691 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
13692 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
13695 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
13697 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
13698 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
13699 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
13700 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
13701 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
13703 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
13704 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
13705 finally written out. */
13707 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13708 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13709 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13712 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
13713 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
13715 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13716 matters, but someday it might). */
13717 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13722 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
13724 struct extsym_info einfo
;
13727 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
13728 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13729 the information together. */
13730 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
13731 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
13732 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
13733 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
13734 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
13735 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
13736 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
13737 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
13738 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
13739 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
13740 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
13741 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
13742 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
13744 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
13746 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
13747 debug_info structure. */
13749 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
13750 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
13751 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
13752 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
13753 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
13755 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
13756 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
13757 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
13758 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
13760 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
13761 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
13765 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
13769 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
13770 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
13771 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
13772 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
13774 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
13776 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
13777 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
13780 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
13781 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
13784 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
13785 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
13786 secname
[i
], &esym
))
13790 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13792 asection
*input_section
;
13794 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
13795 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
13799 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13801 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13806 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13807 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
13809 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
13811 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
13812 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
13813 want to deal with it. */
13817 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
13818 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
13820 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
13822 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
13823 read in the debugging information and set up an
13824 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
13825 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
13829 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
13830 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
13831 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
13834 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
13835 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
13836 the linker global hash table and save the information
13837 for the output external symbols. */
13838 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
13839 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
13840 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
13841 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
13843 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
13844 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
13848 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13850 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
13851 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
13852 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
13853 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
13856 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
13857 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
13858 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13859 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
13864 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
13865 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
13866 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
13872 /* Free up the information we just read. */
13873 free (input_debug
.line
);
13874 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
13875 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
13876 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
13877 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
13878 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
13879 free (input_debug
.ss
);
13880 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
13881 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
13882 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
13883 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
13885 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13886 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13887 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13890 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
13892 /* Create .rtproc section. */
13893 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
13894 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
13896 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
13897 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
13899 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
13902 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
13903 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
13907 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
13913 /* Build the external symbol information. */
13916 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
13918 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
13919 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
13920 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
13924 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
13925 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
13927 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13928 matters, but someday it might). */
13929 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13934 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
13936 const char *subname
;
13939 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
13942 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
13943 information describing how the small data area would
13944 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
13945 not used in executables files. */
13946 if (! info
->relocatable
)
13948 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13950 asection
*input_section
;
13952 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13954 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13959 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13961 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13962 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13963 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13966 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
13967 currently matters, but someday it might). */
13968 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13970 /* Really remove the section. */
13971 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
13972 --abfd
->section_count
;
13977 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
13978 uninitialized data. */
13979 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
13980 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
13981 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
13985 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13986 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
13987 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
13988 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
13992 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
13993 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
13994 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
13995 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
13996 case we must change the name of the output section. */
13997 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13998 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
14000 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
14001 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
14003 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
14004 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14005 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
14008 /* Set up the first entry. */
14010 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14011 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
14014 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14015 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14017 /* Combine the input sections. */
14018 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14020 asection
*input_section
;
14022 bfd_size_type size
;
14023 unsigned long last
;
14024 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14026 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14028 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14033 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14034 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14036 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14037 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14038 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14039 size
= input_section
->size
;
14041 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14043 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14045 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14046 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14052 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14053 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14054 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14060 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14062 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14063 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14066 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14068 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14069 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14071 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14077 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14080 /* We need a new table entry. */
14081 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14082 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14083 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14089 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14090 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14092 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14093 value, since that will be implied by this new
14096 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14098 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14100 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14101 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14105 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14106 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14111 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14114 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14115 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14116 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14119 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14121 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14123 /* Swap out the table. */
14124 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14125 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14126 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14132 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14133 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14136 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14137 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14139 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14140 matters, but someday it might). */
14141 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14145 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14146 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
14149 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14151 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
14153 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14155 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
14156 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14160 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
14162 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
14163 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
14165 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
14168 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14171 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
14173 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
14174 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
14175 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
14179 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
14181 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
14182 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
14183 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
14187 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
14189 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14190 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
14192 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
14193 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
14194 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
14202 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14204 struct mips_mach_extension
14206 unsigned long extension
, base
;
14210 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14211 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14213 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
14215 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14216 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14217 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14218 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14220 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14221 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14222 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14223 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14224 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14226 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14227 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14229 /* R10000 extensions. */
14230 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14231 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14232 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14234 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14235 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14236 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14237 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14238 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14239 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14240 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14242 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14243 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14244 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14245 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14246 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14247 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14249 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14250 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14251 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14253 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14254 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14255 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14256 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14257 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14258 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14259 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14260 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14261 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14262 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14263 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14265 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14266 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14268 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14269 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14270 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14272 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14273 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14274 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14278 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14281 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14285 if (extension
== base
)
14288 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14289 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14292 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14293 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14296 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14297 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14299 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14300 if (extension
== base
)
14308 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14311 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14313 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14314 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14315 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14316 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14317 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14318 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14319 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
14323 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
14324 there are conflicting attributes. */
14326 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
14328 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14329 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
14332 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
14333 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14334 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14335 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
14337 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
14339 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
14340 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
14342 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
14344 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
14349 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
14350 non-conflicting ones. */
14351 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14352 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14354 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
14355 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14356 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14357 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14358 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14360 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
14361 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14363 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
14365 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14366 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mdouble-float", "-msingle-float");
14369 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
14371 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14372 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
14375 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
14377 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14378 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14379 "-mdouble-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
14384 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14385 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14386 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14387 "-mdouble-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
14392 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
14393 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14395 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
14397 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14398 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-msingle-float", "-mdouble-float");
14401 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
14403 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14404 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
14407 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
14409 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14410 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14411 "-msingle-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
14416 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14417 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14418 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14419 "-msingle-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
14424 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
14425 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14427 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
14428 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
14429 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
14431 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14432 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-msoft-float", "-mhard-float");
14437 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14438 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14439 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14440 "-msoft-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
14445 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
14446 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14448 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
14450 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14451 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14452 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-mdouble-float");
14455 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
14457 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14458 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14459 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-msingle-float");
14462 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
14464 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14465 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
14470 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14471 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14472 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14473 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
14479 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14481 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
14483 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14484 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14485 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14486 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-mdouble-float");
14489 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
14491 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14492 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14493 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14494 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-msingle-float");
14497 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
14499 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14500 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14501 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14502 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-msoft-float");
14505 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
14507 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14508 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14509 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14510 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
14515 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14516 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14517 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14518 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
,
14519 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
14526 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
14527 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
14532 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
14533 object file when linking. */
14536 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
14538 flagword old_flags
;
14539 flagword new_flags
;
14541 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
14544 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
14545 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
14547 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14548 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
14553 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
14556 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
14558 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14559 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
14564 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
))
14567 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
14568 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14569 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
14571 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
14573 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
14574 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
14575 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
14576 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
14578 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
14579 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
14580 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
14581 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
14583 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
14584 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
14591 /* Check flag compatibility. */
14593 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14594 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14596 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
14597 doesn't seem to matter. */
14598 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14599 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14601 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
14602 just be able to ignore this. */
14603 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14604 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14606 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
14607 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
14608 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14610 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
14613 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
14614 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
14615 actually cause any incompatibility. */
14616 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
14618 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
14619 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
14620 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
14621 not affect compatibility. */
14622 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
14623 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
14624 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
14626 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
14627 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
14628 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
14630 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
14634 if (null_input_bfd
)
14639 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
14640 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
14642 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14643 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
14648 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
14649 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14650 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
14651 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
14653 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
14654 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
14656 /* Compare the ISAs. */
14657 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
14659 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14660 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
14664 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
14666 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
14667 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
14669 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
14670 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
14671 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
14672 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
14673 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
14674 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
14675 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14677 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
14678 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
14679 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
14680 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
14681 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14682 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14686 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
14687 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14688 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14690 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
14691 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
14696 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14697 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14699 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
14700 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
14701 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
14702 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
14703 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
14705 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
14706 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14707 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
14708 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
14710 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14711 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14713 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
14714 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
14717 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14718 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14721 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
14722 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
14723 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
14725 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14726 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14727 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
14728 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
14729 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
14730 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
14732 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
14734 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14735 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14737 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
14738 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
14742 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
14744 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
14745 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
14748 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
14749 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
14751 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14753 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
14754 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
14755 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
14756 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
14758 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
14759 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
14762 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
14763 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
14765 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14766 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
14767 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
14768 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
14774 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
14781 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
14784 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
14786 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
14787 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
14789 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
14790 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
14795 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
14799 default: return "";
14800 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
14801 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
14802 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
14803 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
14804 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
14805 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
14806 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
14807 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
14808 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
14809 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
14810 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
14811 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
14813 return "MIPS_MSYM";
14814 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
14815 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
14816 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
14817 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
14818 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
14819 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
14820 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
14821 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
14822 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
14823 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
14824 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
14825 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
14826 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
14827 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
14828 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
14829 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
14830 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
14831 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
14832 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
14833 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
14834 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
14835 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
14836 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
14837 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
14838 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
14839 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
14840 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
14841 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
14842 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
14843 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
14844 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
14845 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
14846 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
14847 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
14848 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
14849 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
14850 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
14851 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
14852 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
14853 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
14854 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
14855 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
14856 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
14857 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
14858 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
14859 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
14860 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
14861 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
14862 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
14863 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
14864 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
14865 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
14866 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
14867 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
14868 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
14869 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
14870 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
14871 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
14872 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
14873 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
14874 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
14875 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
14876 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
14877 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
14878 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
14879 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
14880 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
14881 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
14882 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
14883 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
14884 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
14885 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
14886 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
14887 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
14888 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
14889 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
14894 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
14898 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
14900 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
14901 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
14903 /* xgettext:c-format */
14904 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
14906 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
14907 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
14908 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
14909 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
14910 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
14911 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
14912 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
14913 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
14914 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14915 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
14916 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
14917 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
14918 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
14919 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
14921 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
14923 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
14924 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
14925 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
14926 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
14927 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
14928 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
14929 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
14930 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
14931 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
14932 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
14933 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
14934 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
14935 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
14936 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
14937 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
14938 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
14939 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
14940 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
14942 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
14944 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14945 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
14947 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14948 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
14950 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14951 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
14953 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
14954 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
14956 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
14957 fprintf (file
, " [fp64]");
14959 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
14960 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
14962 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
14964 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
14965 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
14967 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
14968 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
14970 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
14971 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
14973 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
14974 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
14976 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
14977 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
14979 fputc ('\n', file
);
14984 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
14986 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14987 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14988 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
14989 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14990 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14991 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
14992 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
14995 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
14996 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
14997 definiton of the symbol. */
14999 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
15000 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
15001 bfd_boolean definition
,
15002 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15004 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
15006 unsigned char other
;
15008 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
15009 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
15010 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
15014 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
15015 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
15018 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
15019 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
15021 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
15023 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
15027 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
15029 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
15030 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
15031 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
15034 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
15035 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
15038 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
15039 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15042 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
15043 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
15046 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
15047 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
15048 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
15049 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
15050 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
15051 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
15052 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
15053 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
15056 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
15057 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15058 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15059 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
15062 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
15063 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
15064 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
15065 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
15067 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
15068 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
15069 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
15070 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
15071 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
15072 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
15073 unsigned int other
;
15074 bfd_vma entry_size
;
15093 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
15096 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
15097 if (relplt
== NULL
)
15100 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
15101 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
15104 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
15108 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
15109 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
15111 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
15113 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
15114 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
15115 PLT slots per relocation. */
15116 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
15117 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
15118 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
15119 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
15120 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
15121 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
15122 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
15124 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
15125 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
15127 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
15130 if (plt
->size
< 16)
15133 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
15136 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
15138 names
= (char *) send
;
15139 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
15142 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
15143 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
15147 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15148 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15150 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
15154 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15155 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15159 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15164 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
15168 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
15169 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
15170 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
15174 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
15175 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
15176 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
15178 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
15179 const char *suffix
;
15184 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
15186 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
15187 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
15191 /* Truncated table??? */
15192 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
15194 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
15195 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
15196 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
15197 suffix
= m16suffix
;
15198 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
15200 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
15201 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
15205 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
15206 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
15207 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
15209 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
15210 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
15211 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
15212 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
15213 suffix
= microsuffix
;
15214 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15216 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
15217 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
15219 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
15220 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
15221 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
15222 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
15223 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
15224 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
15225 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
15226 suffix
= microsuffix
;
15227 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15229 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
15232 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
15233 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
15234 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
15235 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
15236 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
15237 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
15238 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
15239 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
15242 /* Truncated table??? */
15243 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
15247 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
15248 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
15255 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
15256 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
15257 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
15258 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
15259 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
15260 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
15262 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
15264 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
15266 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
15267 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
15268 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
15271 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
15273 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
15274 names
+= suffixlen
;
15277 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
15287 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
15289 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
15290 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
15292 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
15295 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
15296 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
15298 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
15299 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;